• Home
  • Line#
  • Scopes#
  • Navigate#
  • Raw
  • Download
1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H
3 /*
4  * 802.11 netlink interface public header
5  *
6  * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7  * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
8  * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
9  * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
10  * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
11  * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
12  * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
13  * Copyright 2015	Intel Deutschland GmbH
14  *
15  * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
16  * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
17  * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
18  *
19  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
20  * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
21  * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
22  * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
23  * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
24  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
25  * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
26  *
27  */
28 
29 /*
30  * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
31  * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
32  * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
33  *
34  * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
35  * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
36  * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
37  * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
38  * can actually be identified and removed.
39  * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
40  */
41 
42 #include <linux/types.h>
43 
44 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
45 
46 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG		"config"
47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN		"scan"
48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG		"regulatory"
49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME		"mlme"
50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR		"vendor"
51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN		"nan"
52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE	"testmode"
53 
54 /**
55  * DOC: Station handling
56  *
57  * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
58  * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
59  * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
60  * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
61  * to.
62  *
63  * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
64  * capabilities.
65  *
66  * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
67  * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
68  *  - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
69  *    or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions
70  *  - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
71  *    to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
72  *    time mark it authorized.
73  *  - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
74  *  - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
75  *    the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
76  *
77  * TODO: need more info for other interface types
78  */
79 
80 /**
81  * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
82  *
83  * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
84  * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames
85  * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
86  * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
87  * for various reasons.
88  *
89  * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
90  * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
91  * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
92  * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
93  * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
94  * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
95  * for doing that.
96  *
97  * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
98  * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
99  * attributes so applications know what to expect.
100  *
101  * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
102  *       these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
103  *       changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
104  *       lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
105  *       any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
106  *       will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
107  *
108  * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
109  * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
110  * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its
111  * status is indicated to the sending socket.
112  *
113  * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
114  * below.
115  */
116 
117 /**
118  * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
119  *
120  * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have
121  * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
122  * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
123  * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
124  *
125  * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
126  * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
127  * types there no concurrency is implied.
128  *
129  * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
130  * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
131  * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
132  * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and
133  * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
134  * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
135  * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
136  *
137  * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
138  * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
139  * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
140  * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
141  * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
142  * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
143  * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
144  * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
145  *
146  * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
147  * interfaces that a given device supports.
148  */
149 
150 /**
151  * DOC: packet coalesce support
152  *
153  * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
154  * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
155  * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
156  * and power consumption.
157  *
158  * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
159  * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
160  * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
161  * following events occur.
162  * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
163  * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
164  * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
165  * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
166  *
167  * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
168  * rule.
169  * a) Maximum coalescing delay
170  * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
171  * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
172  * Multiple such rules can be created.
173  */
174 
175 /**
176  * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
177  *
178  * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
179  *
180  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
181  *	to get a list of all present wiphys.
182  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
183  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
184  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ (and the
185  *	attributes determining the channel width; this is used for setting
186  *	monitor mode channel),  %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
187  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
188  *	and/or %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD.
189  *	However, for setting the channel, see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL
190  *	instead, the support here is for backward compatibility only.
191  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
192  *	or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
193  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
194  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
195  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
196  *
197  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
198  *	either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
199  *	single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
200  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
201  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
202  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
203  *	to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
204  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
205  *	be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
206  *	then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
207  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
208  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
209  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
210  *	userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
211  *	attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
212  *
213  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
214  *	by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
215  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
216  *	%NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
217  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
218  *	%NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
219  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes.
220  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
221  *	or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
222  *
223  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
224  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
225  *	using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
226  *	attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
227  *	internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
228  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
229  * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
230  *	are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
231  *	do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
232  *	%NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
233  *	%NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
234  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
235  *	%NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
236  *	%NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
237  *	%NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
238  *	The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
239  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel width.
240  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
241  * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
242  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
243  *
244  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
245  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
246  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
247  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
248  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
249  *	the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
250  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
251  *	or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
252  *	by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
253  *	%NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
254  *	of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
255  *	(Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
256  *	frame).
257  *
258  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
259  * 	destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
260  * 	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
261  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH:  Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
262  * 	destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
263  * 	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
264  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
265  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
266  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
267  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
268  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
269  *	the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
270  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
271  *	or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
272  *	by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
273  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
274  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
275  *
276  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
277  *	regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
278  *	has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
279  *	global regdomain will be returned.
280  *	A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
281  *	regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
282  *	information will still be mended according to further hints from
283  *	the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
284  *	is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
285  *	all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
286  *	If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
287  *	its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
288  *	core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
289  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
290  *	after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
291  *	domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
292  *	current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
293  * 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
294  * 	regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes  given by
295  * 	%NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
296  * 	%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
297  * 	%NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
298  * 	%NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
299  * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
300  * 	to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
301  * 	store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
302  *
303  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
304  *	interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
305  *
306  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
307  *      interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
308  *
309  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
310  *	interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
311  *	frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
312  *	added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
313  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
314  *	added to all specified management frames generated by
315  *	kernel/firmware/driver.
316  *	Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
317  *	point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
318  *	command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
319  *	option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
320  *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
321  *	NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
322  *
323  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
324  * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
325  *	%NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
326  *	probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
327  *	specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
328  *	be used.
329  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
330  *	NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
331  * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
332  *	partial scan results may be available
333  *
334  * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
335  *	intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
336  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
337  *	not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
338  *	scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
339  *	These attributes are mutually exculsive,
340  *	i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
341  *	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
342  *	If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
343  *	plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
344  *	Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
345  *	are passed, they are used in the probe requests.  For
346  *	broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
347  *	string).  If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
348  *	a passive scan is performed.  %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
349  *	if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
350  *	passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
351  *	are used.  Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
352  *	using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute.  The first cycle of the
353  *	scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
354  *	is supplied.
355  * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
356  *	scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
357  *	as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
358  * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
359  *	results available.
360  * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
361  *	stopped.  The driver may issue this event at any time during a
362  *	scheduled scan.  One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
363  *	does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
364  *	a scheduled scan.  This event is also sent when the
365  *	%NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
366  *	is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
367  *
368  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation
369  *      or noise level
370  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
371  *	NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
372  *
373  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
374  *	(for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
375  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
376  *	(for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
377  * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
378  *
379  * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
380  * 	has been changed and provides details of the request information
381  * 	that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
382  * 	(%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
383  * 	(%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
384  * 	the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
385  * 	%NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
386  * 	set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
387  * 	%NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
388  * 	to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
389  * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
390  * 	has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
391  * 	any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
392  * 	where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
393  * 	if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
394  * 	driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
395  * 	doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
396  * 	on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
397  * 	or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
398  * 	never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
399  * 	enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
400  * 	either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
401  * 	userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
402  * 	(%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
403  * 	before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
404  * 	the beacon hint was processed.
405  *
406  * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
407  *	This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
408  *	as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
409  *	authentication process.
410  *	When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
411  *	interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
412  *	BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
413  *	the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
414  *	request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
415  *	to specify the frequence of the channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
416  *	is used to specify the authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to
417  *	define IEs (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs)
418  *	to be added to the frame.
419  *	When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
420  *	frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
421  *	frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
422  *	state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
423  *	MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
424  *	included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
425  *	(including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
426  *	also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
427  *	case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
428  *	%NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
429  *	pending authentication timed out).
430  * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
431  *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
432  *	(similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
433  *	MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
434  *	%NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
435  *	request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
436  *	included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
437  *	included).
438  * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
439  *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
440  *	MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
441  *	primitives).
442  * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
443  *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
444  *	MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
445  *
446  * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
447  *	MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
448  *	event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
449  *	the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
450  *	type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
451  *	%NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
452  *	event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
453  *
454  * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
455  *	FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
456  *	and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
457  *	should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
458  *	executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
459  *	may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
460  *	given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
461  *	given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
462  * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
463  *	determined by the network interface.
464  *
465  * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
466  *	to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
467  *	to the driver.
468  *
469  * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
470  *	requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
471  *	auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
472  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
473  *	IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
474  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
475  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
476  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
477  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
478  *	If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
479  *	restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
480  *	within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
481  *	can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
482  *	allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
483  *	ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
484  *	set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
485  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
486  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
487  *	%NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
488  *	the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
489  *	a different BSS is desired.
490  *	Background scan period can optionally be
491  *	specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
492  *	if not specified default background scan configuration
493  *	in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
494  *	This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
495  *	It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
496  *	connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
497  *	determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
498  *	non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
499  *	event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
500  *	authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
501  *	Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
502  *	well to remain backwards compatible.
503  * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: request that the card roam (currently not implemented),
504  *	sent as an event when the card/driver roamed by itself.
505  * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
506  *	userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
507  *	reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
508  *	%NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
509  *
510  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
511  *	associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
512  *
513  * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
514  *	channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
515  *	off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
516  *	a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
517  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
518  *	radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
519  *	frequency for the operation.
520  *	%NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
521  *	to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
522  *	notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
523  *	driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
524  *	radio).
525  *	When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
526  *	that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
527  *	the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
528  * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
529  *	pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
530  *	completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
531  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
532  *	radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
533  *	uniquely identify the request.
534  *	This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
535  *	remain-on-channel duration has expired.
536  *
537  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
538  *	rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
539  *	and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
540  *
541  * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
542  *	(via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
543  *	requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
544  *	backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
545  *	and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
546  *	that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
547  *	four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
548  *	cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
549  *	socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
550  * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
551  *	backward compatibility
552  * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
553  *	command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
554  *	as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
555  *	kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
556  *	user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
557  *	frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
558  *	to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
559  *	received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
560  *	or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
561  *	and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
562  *	specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
563  *	returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
564  *	TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
565  *	%NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
566  *	management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
567  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
568  *	counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
569  *	is used during CSA period.
570  * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
571  *	command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
572  *	time if it is known that it is no longer necessary.
573  * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
574  * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
575  *	transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
576  *	the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
577  *	frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
578  *	the frame.
579  * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
580  *	backward compatibility.
581  *
582  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
583  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
584  *
585  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
586  *	is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
587  *	levels.
588  * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
589  *	command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
590  *	reached.
591  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
592  *	and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
593  *	(identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
594  *	In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
595  *	with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
596  *	When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
597  *	no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
598  *	of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
599  *	precedence when they are used.
600  *
601  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface.
602  *
603  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
604  *	multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
605  *	with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
606  *	will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
607  *	MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
608  *	break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
609  *	unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
610  *	to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
611  *	This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
612  *	type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
613  *	(%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
614  *	If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
615  *	command, the feature is disabled.
616  *
617  * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
618  *	mesh config parameters may be given.
619  * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
620  *	network is determined by the network interface.
621  *
622  * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
623  *	notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
624  *	deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
625  * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
626  *	notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
627  *	disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
628  *
629  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
630  *      beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer.  This is only
631  *      sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
632  *      candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
633  *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
634  *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set.  On reception of this
635  *      notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
636  *      (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).  To stop this notification from
637  *      reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
638  *      new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
639  *      depending on the authentication result.
640  *
641  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
642  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
643  *	Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
644  *	various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
645  *	command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
646  *	more background information, see
647  *	http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
648  *	The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
649  *	from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
650  *	@NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
651  *	for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
652  *	in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
653  *	wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
654  *
655  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
656  *	the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
657  *	feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
658  *	is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
659  *	contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
660  *	this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
661  *	inform userspace of the new replay counter.
662  *
663  * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
664  *	of PMKSA caching dandidates.
665  *
666  * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
667  *	In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
668  *	actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
669  *	In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
670  *	operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
671  *	%NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
672  *	%NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
673  * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
674  *	%NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
675  *	sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
676  *	802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
677  *	8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
678  *	supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
679  *	and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
680  *	&enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
681  *
682  * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
683  *	(or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
684  *	implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
685  *	frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
686  *	is received.
687  *	For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
688  *	other attributes like the interface index are present.
689  *	If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
690  *	only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
691  *	is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
692  *
693  * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
694  *	associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
695  *	and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
696  *	to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
697  *
698  * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
699  *	by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
700  *	acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
701  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
702  *	direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
703  *	up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
704  *	has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
705  *
706  * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
707  *	other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
708  *	OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
709  *	messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
710  *
711  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
712  *      No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
713  *
714  * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
715  *	independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
716  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
717  *	attributes determining channel width.  This indication may also be
718  *	sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
719  *	from the remote AP) is completed;
720  *
721  * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
722  *	has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
723  *	(ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
724  *	initiated on our own).  It indicates that
725  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
726  *	after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's.  The userspace may
727  *	decide to react to this indication by requesting other
728  *	interfaces to change channel as well.
729  *
730  * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
731  *	its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
732  *	%NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
733  *	P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
734  *	public action frame TX.
735  * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
736  *	its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
737  *
738  * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
739  *	notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
740  *	station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
741  *	is used for this.
742  *
743  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
744  *	for IBSS or MESH vif.
745  *
746  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
747  *	This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
748  *	address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
749  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
750  *	%NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
751  *	is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
752  *	will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
753  *	command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
754  *	ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
755  *
756  * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
757  *	a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
758  *	or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
759  *	this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
760  *	while operating on this channel.
761  *	%NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
762  *	event.
763  *
764  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
765  *	i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
766  *	Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
767  *
768  * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
769  *	Information Element to the WLAN driver
770  *
771  * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
772  *	to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
773  *	with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
774  *	received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
775  *
776  * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
777  *	a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
778  *	complete.
779  *
780  * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
781  *	return back to normal.
782  *
783  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
784  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
785  *
786  * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
787  *	the new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
788  *	in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
789  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
790  *	new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
791  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
792  *	width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
793  *	other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
794  *	switch is complete.
795  *
796  * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
797  *	by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
798  *	%NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
799  *	%NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
800  *	For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
801  *	used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
802  *	(&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
803  *	This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
804  *
805  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
806  *	The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
807  *	that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
808  *	QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
809  *	association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
810  *
811  * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
812  *	%NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
813  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
814  *	Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
815  *	userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
816  *	up the TX TS in the driver/device.
817  *	If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
818  *	if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
819  *	avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
820  *	make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
821  *	fail even if the check was successful.
822  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
823  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
824  *	before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
825  *	or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
826  *
827  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
828  *	destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
829  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
830  *
831  * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
832  *	bandwidth of a channel must be given.
833  * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
834  *	network is determined by the network interface.
835  *
836  * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
837  *	identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
838  *	provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
839  *	channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
840  *	%NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
841  *	The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
842  *	operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
843  *	AP.
844  * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
845  *	peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
846  *	when this command completes.
847  *
848  * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
849  *	as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
850  *	management.
851  *
852  * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
853  *	not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
854  *	cfg80211_scan_done().
855  *
856  * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
857  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been previously
858  *	created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it has been started, the
859  *	NAN interface will create or join a cluster. This command must have a
860  *	valid %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
861  *	%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_DUAL attributes.
862  *	After this command NAN functions can be added.
863  * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
864  *	its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
865  * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
866  *	with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
867  *	operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
868  *	(%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
869  *	of the function upon success.
870  *	Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
871  *	way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
872  *	event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
873  *	function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
874  *	which just terminated.
875  *	This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
876  *	returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
877  *	the response to this command.
878  *	Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
879  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
880  *	This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
881  *	terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
882  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
883  * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN configuration. NAN
884  *	must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN was executed).
885  *	It must contain at least one of the following attributes:
886  *	%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_DUAL.
887  * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
888  *	This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
889  *	%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
890  *
891  * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
892  *	for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
893  *	BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
894  *	does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
895  *	only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
896  *
897  * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
898  * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
899  */
900 enum nl80211_commands {
901 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
902 	NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC,
903 
904 	NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,		/* can dump */
905 	NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
906 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
907 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
908 
909 	NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE,	/* can dump */
910 	NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
911 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
912 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
913 
914 	NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
915 	NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
916 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
917 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
918 
919 	NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
920 	NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
921 	NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
922 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
923 	NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
924 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
925 
926 	NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
927 	NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
928 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
929 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
930 
931 	NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
932 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
933 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
934 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
935 
936 	NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
937 
938 	NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
939 	NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
940 
941 	NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
942 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
943 
944 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
945 
946 	NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
947 
948 	NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
949 	NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
950 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
951 	NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
952 
953 	NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
954 
955 	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
956 	NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
957 	NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
958 	NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
959 
960 	NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
961 
962 	NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
963 
964 	NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
965 	NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
966 
967 	NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
968 
969 	NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
970 	NL80211_CMD_ROAM,
971 	NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
972 
973 	NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
974 
975 	NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
976 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
977 
978 	NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
979 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
980 	NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
981 
982 	NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
983 	NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
984 
985 	NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
986 
987 	NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
988 	NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
989 	NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
990 	NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
991 	NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
992 	NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
993 
994 	NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
995 	NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
996 
997 	NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
998 	NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
999 
1000 	NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
1001 	NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
1002 
1003 	NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
1004 
1005 	NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
1006 	NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
1007 
1008 	NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1009 	NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
1010 
1011 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
1012 
1013 	NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
1014 	NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
1015 
1016 	NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
1017 	NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
1018 	NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
1019 	NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
1020 
1021 	NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
1022 
1023 	NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
1024 
1025 	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
1026 	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
1027 
1028 	NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
1029 
1030 	NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
1031 
1032 	NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
1033 
1034 	NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
1035 
1036 	NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
1037 
1038 	NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
1039 
1040 	NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
1041 	NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
1042 
1043 	NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
1044 
1045 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
1046 
1047 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
1048 
1049 	NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
1050 
1051 	NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
1052 
1053 	NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
1054 	NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
1055 
1056 	NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
1057 	NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
1058 
1059 	NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
1060 	NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
1061 
1062 	NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1063 
1064 	NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
1065 
1066 	NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
1067 
1068 	NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
1069 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
1070 
1071 	NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
1072 
1073 	NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
1074 	NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
1075 
1076 	NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
1077 
1078 	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1079 	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1080 
1081 	NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
1082 
1083 	NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
1084 
1085 	NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
1086 	NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
1087 	NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
1088 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
1089 	NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
1090 	NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
1091 
1092 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
1093 
1094 	NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
1095 
1096 	/* add new commands above here */
1097 
1098 	/* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1099 	__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
1100 	NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
1101 };
1102 
1103 /*
1104  * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1105  * here
1106  */
1107 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
1108 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
1109 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1110 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1111 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1112 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1113 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1114 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
1115 
1116 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1117 
1118 /* source-level API compatibility */
1119 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1120 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1121 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1122 
1123 /**
1124  * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1125  *
1126  * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1127  *
1128  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1129  *	/sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1130  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1131  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
1132  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1133  *	defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1134  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1135  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1136  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1137  * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1138  *	of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1139  *	documentation of the enum for more information.
1140  * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1141  *	channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth
1142  * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1143  *	channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
1144  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
1145  *	if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
1146  *	NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
1147  *		this attribute)
1148  *	NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1149  *	NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1150  *	NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
1151  *	This attribute is now deprecated.
1152  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1153  *	less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1154  *	dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1155  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1156  *	greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1157  *	dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1158  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1159  *	length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1160  *	fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1161  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1162  *	larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1163  *	0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
1164  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1165  *	section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
1166  *
1167  * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1168  * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1169  * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1170  *
1171  * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1172  *	that don't have a netdev (u64)
1173  *
1174  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1175  *
1176  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1177  *	16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1178  *	keys
1179  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1180  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1181  *	section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1182  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1183  *	CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
1184  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1185  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1186  *	default management key
1187  * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1188  *	other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1189  * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1190  *	other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
1191  *
1192  * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1193  * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1194  * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1195  * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1196  *
1197  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1198  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1199  *	&enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
1200  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1201  *	IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1202  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1203  *	rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1204  *	restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1205  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
1206  *	to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to to.
1207  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1208  *	given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1209  *	info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1210  *
1211  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1212  *	consisting of a nested array.
1213  *
1214  * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
1215  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1216  *	(see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
1217  * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1218  * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1219  * 	info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1220  *	&enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1221  *
1222  * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1223  *      &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1224  *
1225  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1226  * 	current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1227  * 	For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1228  * 	to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1229  * 	also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1230  * 	regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
1231  * 	IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
1232  * 	Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1233  * 	to a specific alpha2.
1234  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1235  *	rules.
1236  *
1237  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1238  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1239  *	(u8, 0 or 1)
1240  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1241  *	(u8, 0 or 1)
1242  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1243  *	rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1244  *	restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1245  *
1246  * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1247  *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1248  *
1249  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1250  *	supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1251  *	of the interface mode.
1252  *
1253  * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1254  *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1255  *
1256  * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1257  *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1258  *
1259  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1260  *	a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1261  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1262  *	scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1263  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1264  *	that can be added to a scan request
1265  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1266  *	elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
1267  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1268  *	used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
1269  *
1270  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1271  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1272  *	scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
1273  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1274  *
1275  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1276  * 	currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1277  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1278  * 	set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1279  *
1280  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1281  *	an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1282  *	that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1283  *
1284  * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1285  *	and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1286  *	NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1287  * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1288  * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1289  *	represented as a u32
1290  * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1291  *	%NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1292  *
1293  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1294  *	a u32
1295  *
1296  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1297  * 	due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1298  * 	the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1299  * 	attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1300  * 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1301  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1302  * 	due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1303  * 	the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1304  * 	attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1305  * 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1306  *
1307  * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1308  *	cipher suites
1309  *
1310  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1311  *	for other networks on different channels
1312  *
1313  * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1314  *	is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1315  *
1316  * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1317  *	used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
1318  *	this attribute can be used
1319  *	with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests
1320  *
1321  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1322  *	&struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1323  *
1324  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1325  *	IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1326  *	station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1327  *	request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1328  *	authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1329  *	default in station mode.
1330  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1331  *	ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1332  *	specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1333  *	specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1334  *	attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1335  *	indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1336  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1337  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1338  *	ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
1339  *
1340  * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1341  *	We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1342  *
1343  * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1344  *	event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1345  *	a local disconnect request.
1346  * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1347  *	event (u16)
1348  * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
1349  *	that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1350  *	indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
1351  *
1352  * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
1353  *	to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
1354  *	(an array of u32).
1355  * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1356  *	indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
1357  *	u32).
1358  * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1359  *	indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
1360  *	(a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
1361  * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1362  *	indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
1363  *
1364  * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1365  *	sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1366  * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1367  *	sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1368  *
1369  * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
1370  *	commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
1371  *	Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
1372  *	Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
1373  *	used for the initial association to an ESS.
1374  *
1375  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
1376  *	%NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1377  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
1378  *	and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
1379  *	with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1380  *
1381  * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
1382  *
1383  * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
1384  *	dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
1385  *	dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
1386  *	obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
1387  *	all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
1388  *	changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
1389  *	completely from scratch.
1390  *
1391  * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
1392  *
1393  * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
1394  *      the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
1395  *      containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
1396  *
1397  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
1398  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
1399  *	cache, a wiphy attribute.
1400  *
1401  * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
1402  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
1403  *	specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
1404  *	remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
1405  *
1406  * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
1407  *
1408  * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
1409  *	(enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
1410  *	enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
1411  *	data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
1412  *	rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
1413  *	is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
1414  *	and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
1415  *	specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
1416  *	The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
1417  *	features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
1418  *	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT and
1419  *	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT.
1420  *
1421  * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
1422  *	at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
1423  * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
1424  *	@NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
1425  * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1426  *	nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1427  *	information about which frame types can be transmitted with
1428  *	%NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1429  * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1430  *	nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1431  *	information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
1432  *
1433  * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
1434  *	acknowledged by the recipient.
1435  *
1436  * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
1437  *
1438  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
1439  *	nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
1440  *
1441  * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
1442  *	is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
1443  *	invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
1444  *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1445  *	NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
1446  *
1447  * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
1448  *	connected to this BSS.
1449  *
1450  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
1451  *      &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
1452  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
1453  *      This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
1454  *      for non-automatic settings.
1455  *
1456  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
1457  *	means support for per-station GTKs.
1458  *
1459  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
1460  *	This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1461  *	not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
1462  *	bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
1463  *
1464  *	Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
1465  *	bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
1466  *	drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
1467  *	a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
1468  *	a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not.
1469  *	HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
1470  *	derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
1471  *	Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not.
1472  *	Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
1473  *	support by returning -EINVAL.
1474  *
1475  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
1476  *	This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1477  *	not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
1478  *	the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
1479  *	For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
1480  *
1481  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1482  *	for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
1483  *
1484  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1485  *	for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
1486  *
1487  * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
1488  *
1489  * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
1490  *	transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
1491  *	the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
1492  *	flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
1493  *	nl80211 capability flag.
1494  *
1495  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
1496  *
1497  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
1498  *	attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
1499  *	See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
1500  *
1501  * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters.  These cannot be
1502  *	changed once the mesh is active.
1503  * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
1504  *	containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
1505  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
1506  *	allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
1507  *	the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
1508  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
1509  *	&enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
1510  *	management state machine.  @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
1511  *	@NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
1512  *
1513  * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
1514  *	capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
1515  * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
1516  *	indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
1517  *	used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
1518  *	triggers.
1519  *
1520  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
1521  *	cycles, in msecs.
1522  *
1523  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
1524  *	sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans.  Only BSSs
1525  *	that match any of the sets will be reported.  These are
1526  *	pass-thru filter rules.
1527  *	For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
1528  *	set.  Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
1529  *	attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
1530  *	fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
1531  *	able to ignore them by itself.
1532  *	Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
1533  *	this is only an optimization and the userspace application
1534  *	needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
1535  *	If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
1536  *	the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
1537  *	is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
1538  *	will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
1539  *	If ommited, no filtering is done.
1540  *
1541  * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
1542  *	interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
1543  *	defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
1544  * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
1545  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
1546  *	are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
1547  *	any restrictions in their number or combinations.
1548  *
1549  * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
1550  *	necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
1551  *
1552  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
1553  *	nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
1554  *	being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
1555  *	without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1556  *
1557  * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
1558  *	and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
1559  *	&enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
1560  *
1561  * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
1562  *	This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
1563  *	provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
1564  *	driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
1565  * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
1566  *	Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
1567  *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
1568  *	(Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
1569  *	(Re)Association Request frames.
1570  *
1571  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
1572  *	of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
1573  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
1574  *	as AP.
1575  *
1576  * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
1577  *	roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
1578  *
1579  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
1580  *	candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
1581  *
1582  * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
1583  *	for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
1584  *	frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
1585  *	applications use this attribute.
1586  *	This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
1587  *	%NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
1588  *
1589  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
1590  *	request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
1591  *	described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
1592  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
1593  *	TDLS conversation between two devices.
1594  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
1595  *	&enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
1596  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
1597  *	as a TDLS peer sta.
1598  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
1599  *	procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
1600  *	%NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
1601  *	used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
1602  *
1603  * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
1604  *	that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
1605  *	with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
1606  *	&enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
1607  *
1608  * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
1609  *	the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
1610  *	it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
1611  *	mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
1612  *
1613  * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
1614  *	&enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
1615  * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
1616  *	requests while operating in AP-mode.
1617  *	This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
1618  *	offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
1619  *
1620  * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
1621  *	probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
1622  *	to be filled by the FW.
1623  * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT:  Force HT capable interfaces to disable
1624  *      this feature.  Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers.
1625  * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
1626  *      ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
1627  *      Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
1628  *      The values that may be configured are:
1629  *       MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
1630  *       AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
1631  *      All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
1632  *      by the driver as required.  The actual values may be seen in
1633  *      the station debugfs ht_caps file.
1634  *
1635  * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
1636  *    abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
1637  *    to one DFS region.
1638  *
1639  * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
1640  *      up to 16 TIDs.
1641  *
1642  * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
1643  *	used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
1644  *	to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the staion entry from
1645  *	the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
1646  *	capability to timeout the stations.
1647  *
1648  * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
1649  *	this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
1650  *	received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1651  *
1652  * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
1653  *      or 0 to disable background scan.
1654  *
1655  * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
1656  *	userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
1657  *	a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
1658  *	was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
1659  *	allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
1660  *
1661  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
1662  *	the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
1663  *	enum has different reasons of connection failure.
1664  *
1665  * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
1666  *	This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
1667  *	excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
1668  *	Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
1669  *	authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
1670  *	the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
1671  *	initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
1672  *	Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
1673  *	for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
1674  *	consistent.
1675  *
1676  * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
1677  *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1678  *
1679  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
1680  *
1681  * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
1682  *	the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
1683  * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
1684  *	START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
1685  *	if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
1686  *	no change is made.
1687  *
1688  * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
1689  *	defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
1690  *
1691  * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
1692  *	carried in a u32 attribute
1693  *
1694  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
1695  *	MAC ACL.
1696  *
1697  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
1698  *	number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
1699  *	ACL.
1700  *
1701  * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
1702  *	contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
1703  *
1704  * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1705  *	has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
1706  *	802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
1707  * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1708  *	has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
1709  *
1710  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
1711  *	the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
1712  *
1713  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
1714  *	advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
1715  *	and PU-APSD.
1716  *
1717  * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
1718  *	&enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
1719  *
1720  * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
1721  *	receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
1722  *	messages, given with wiphy dump message
1723  *
1724  * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
1725  *
1726  * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
1727  *	Element
1728  *
1729  * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
1730  *	reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
1731  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
1732  *      the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
1733  *
1734  * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
1735  *	This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
1736  *	allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
1737  *	update a TDLS peer STA entry.
1738  *
1739  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
1740  *
1741  * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
1742  *	until the channel switch event.
1743  * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
1744  *	must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
1745  *	operation).
1746  * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
1747  *	for the time while performing a channel switch.
1748  * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
1749  *	switch counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
1750  * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
1751  *	switch counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
1752  *
1753  * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
1754  *	As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
1755  *
1756  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
1757  *
1758  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
1759  *      supported operating classes.
1760  *
1761  * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
1762  *	controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
1763  *	%NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
1764  *	channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
1765  *	to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
1766  *	IBSS network.
1767  *
1768  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
1769  *	5 MHz channel bandwidth.
1770  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
1771  *	10 MHz channel bandwidth.
1772  *
1773  * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
1774  *	Notification Element based on association request when used with
1775  *	%NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
1776  *	%NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
1777  *	u8 attribute.
1778  *
1779  * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
1780  *	%NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
1781  * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
1782  * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
1783  *	attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
1784  * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
1785  *	info, containing a nested array of possible events
1786  *
1787  * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
1788  *	data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
1789  *	in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
1790  *
1791  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
1792  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
1793  *
1794  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
1795  *	associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
1796  *	Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
1797  *	other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
1798  *	advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
1799  *	to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
1800  *
1801  * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
1802  *	should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
1803  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
1804  *	supported number of csa counters.
1805  *
1806  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
1807  *	As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
1808  *
1809  * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
1810  *	creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
1811  *	that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
1812  *	If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
1813  *	owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
1814  *	be stopped when the socket is closed.
1815  *	If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
1816  *	regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
1817  *	that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
1818  *	cleared when the socket is closed.
1819  *	If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
1820  *	if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, only
1821  *	the netlink socket that created the interface will be allowed to add
1822  *	and remove functions. NAN notifications will be sent in unicast to that
1823  *	socket. Without this attribute, any socket can add functions and the
1824  *	notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN multicast group.
1825  *	If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
1826  *	station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
1827  *
1828  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
1829  *	the TDLS link initiator.
1830  *
1831  * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
1832  *	shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
1833  *	used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
1834  *	User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
1835  *	underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
1836  *		%NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
1837  *		%NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
1838  *	Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
1839  *		%NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
1840  *	If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
1841  *	association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
1842  *	flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
1843  *
1844  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
1845  *	estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
1846  *	%NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
1847  *	drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
1848  *	setting valid value for coverage class.
1849  *
1850  * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
1851  * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
1852  * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
1853  *	(per second) (u16 attribute)
1854  *
1855  * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
1856  *	&enum nl80211_smps_mode.
1857  *
1858  * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
1859  *
1860  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
1861  *
1862  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
1863  *	is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
1864  *	obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
1865  *	cfg80211 regdomain.
1866  *
1867  * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
1868  *	array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
1869  *	nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
1870  *	least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
1871  *	is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
1872  *	of byte 3 (u8 array).
1873  *
1874  * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
1875  *	returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
1876  *	may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
1877  *	statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
1878  *	For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
1879  *	should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
1880  *	over all channels.
1881  *
1882  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
1883  *	scheduled scan is started.  Or the delay before a WoWLAN
1884  *	net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
1885  *	system is suspended.  This value is a u32, in seconds.
1886 
1887  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
1888  *      is operating in an indoor environment.
1889  *
1890  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
1891  *	scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
1892  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
1893  *	a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
1894  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
1895  *	a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
1896  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
1897  *	Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
1898  *	between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
1899  *	thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
1900  *	between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
1901  *	Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
1902  * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
1903  *	in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
1904  *	connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
1905  *	a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
1906  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
1907  *	BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
1908  *	attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
1909  *	BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1910  *	it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
1911  *	BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
1912  *
1913  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
1914  *	or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
1915  *
1916  * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
1917  *
1918  * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
1919  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
1920  *	%NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per
1921  *	interface type.
1922  *
1923  * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
1924  *	groupID for monitor mode.
1925  *	The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
1926  *	group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
1927  *	each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
1928  *	that group and 0 for not being a member.
1929  *	The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
1930  *	each group.
1931  *	(smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
1932  *	group numbers on least significant bits.)
1933  *	This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
1934  *	Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
1935  *	groupID data.
1936  *	to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
1937  * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
1938  *	when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
1939  *	to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
1940  *	(e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
1941  *
1942  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
1943  *	started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
1944  *	requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
1945  *	attribute must not be included).
1946  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
1947  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
1948  * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
1949  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
1950  *	maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
1951  *	measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
1952  *	if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
1953  * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
1954  *	that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
1955  *	mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
1956  *	and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
1957  *
1958  * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
1959  *	used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
1960  *
1961  * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
1962  *	%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
1963  *	%NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
1964  *	Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
1965  *	should not be used during a normal device operation.
1966  * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_DUAL: NAN dual band operation config (see
1967  *	&enum nl80211_nan_dual_band_conf). This attribute is used with
1968  *	%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
1969  *	%NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG.
1970  * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
1971  *	&enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
1972  *	attribute.
1973  * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
1974  *	See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
1975  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
1976  *	protection.
1977  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
1978  *	Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
1979  *	STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
1980  *
1981  * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
1982  *	packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
1983  *
1984  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
1985  *	used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
1986  *
1987  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
1988  *	other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
1989  *	connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
1990  *	This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
1991  *	other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
1992  *	the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
1993  *	unnecessary wakeups.
1994  *
1995  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
1996  *	the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
1997  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparision to figure out
1998  *	better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
1999  *	value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
2000  *
2001  * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
2002  *	u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
2003  *	e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
2004  *
2005  * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
2006  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
2007  * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2008  */
2009 enum nl80211_attrs {
2010 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
2011 	NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
2012 
2013 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY,
2014 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
2015 
2016 	NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
2017 	NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
2018 	NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
2019 
2020 	NL80211_ATTR_MAC,
2021 
2022 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
2023 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
2024 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
2025 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
2026 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
2027 
2028 	NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2029 	NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
2030 	NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
2031 	NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
2032 
2033 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
2034 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
2035 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
2036 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
2037 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
2038 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
2039 
2040 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
2041 
2042 	NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
2043 
2044 	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
2045 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
2046 	NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
2047 	NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
2048 
2049 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
2050 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2051 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2052 
2053 	NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
2054 
2055 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
2056 
2057 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
2058 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
2059 
2060 	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
2061 
2062 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
2063 
2064 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
2065 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
2066 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
2067 
2068 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
2069 
2070 	NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
2071 	NL80211_ATTR_IE,
2072 
2073 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
2074 
2075 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
2076 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
2077 	NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
2078 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS,
2079 
2080 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
2081 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
2082 
2083 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
2084 
2085 	NL80211_ATTR_FRAME,
2086 	NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
2087 	NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
2088 	NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
2089 
2090 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
2091 
2092 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2093 	NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
2094 
2095 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
2096 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
2097 
2098 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
2099 
2100 
2101 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
2102 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
2103 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
2104 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
2105 
2106 	NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
2107 
2108 	NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
2109 
2110 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
2111 
2112 	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
2113 
2114 	NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
2115 
2116 	NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
2117 
2118 	NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
2119 	NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
2120 
2121 	NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
2122 	NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
2123 	NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
2124 	NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
2125 
2126 	NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
2127 	NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
2128 
2129 	NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
2130 
2131 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY,
2132 	NL80211_ATTR_KEYS,
2133 
2134 	NL80211_ATTR_PID,
2135 
2136 	NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR,
2137 
2138 	NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
2139 
2140 	NL80211_ATTR_PMKID,
2141 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
2142 
2143 	NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
2144 
2145 	NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
2146 
2147 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
2148 
2149 	NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
2150 
2151 	NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
2152 
2153 	NL80211_ATTR_ACK,
2154 
2155 	NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
2156 
2157 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM,
2158 
2159 	NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
2160 
2161 	NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
2162 
2163 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2164 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
2165 
2166 	NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
2167 	NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
2168 	NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
2169 
2170 	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
2171 	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
2172 
2173 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
2174 
2175 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
2176 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
2177 
2178 	NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
2179 
2180 	NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
2181 
2182 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
2183 
2184 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
2185 
2186 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
2187 
2188 	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
2189 
2190 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
2191 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
2192 
2193 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
2194 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
2195 
2196 	NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
2197 	NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
2198 
2199 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
2200 
2201 	NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
2202 	NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
2203 
2204 	NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
2205 
2206 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
2207 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2208 
2209 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
2210 
2211 	NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
2212 
2213 	NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
2214 	NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
2215 
2216 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
2217 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
2218 
2219 	NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
2220 
2221 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
2222 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
2223 
2224 	NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
2225 
2226 	NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
2227 
2228 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
2229 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
2230 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
2231 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
2232 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
2233 
2234 	NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
2235 
2236 	NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
2237 
2238 	NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
2239 
2240 	NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
2241 
2242 	NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
2243 
2244 	NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
2245 
2246 	NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
2247 	NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2248 
2249 	NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
2250 
2251 	NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
2252 
2253 	NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
2254 
2255 	NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
2256 
2257 	NL80211_ATTR_WDEV,
2258 
2259 	NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
2260 
2261 	NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
2262 
2263 	NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
2264 
2265 	NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
2266 
2267 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
2268 
2269 	NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
2270 	NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
2271 	NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
2272 
2273 	NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
2274 	NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
2275 
2276 	NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
2277 
2278 	NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
2279 
2280 	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
2281 
2282 	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
2283 
2284 	NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
2285 
2286 	NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2287 	NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
2288 
2289 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
2290 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
2291 
2292 	NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
2293 	NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
2294 
2295 	NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
2296 	NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2297 
2298 	NL80211_ATTR_MDID,
2299 	NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
2300 
2301 	NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
2302 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
2303 
2304 	NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
2305 
2306 	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
2307 
2308 	NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
2309 	NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
2310 	NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
2311 	NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON,
2312 	NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP,
2313 
2314 	NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
2315 
2316 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
2317 
2318 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
2319 
2320 	NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
2321 
2322 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
2323 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
2324 
2325 	NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
2326 
2327 	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
2328 	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
2329 	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
2330 	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
2331 
2332 	NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
2333 
2334 	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
2335 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
2336 
2337 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
2338 
2339 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
2340 
2341 	NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
2342 
2343 	NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
2344 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
2345 
2346 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
2347 
2348 	NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
2349 
2350 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
2351 
2352 	NL80211_ATTR_TSID,
2353 	NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
2354 	NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
2355 
2356 	NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
2357 
2358 	NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
2359 
2360 	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
2361 
2362 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
2363 
2364 	NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
2365 
2366 	NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
2367 
2368 	NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
2369 
2370 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
2371 
2372 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
2373 
2374 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2375 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
2376 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
2377 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2378 
2379 	NL80211_ATTR_PBSS,
2380 
2381 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
2382 
2383 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
2384 
2385 	NL80211_ATTR_PAD,
2386 
2387 	NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
2388 
2389 	NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
2390 	NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
2391 
2392 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
2393 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
2394 	NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
2395 	NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
2396 
2397 	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
2398 
2399 	NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
2400 	NL80211_ATTR_NAN_DUAL,
2401 	NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
2402 	NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
2403 
2404 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
2405 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
2406 
2407 	NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
2408 
2409 	NL80211_ATTR_BSSID,
2410 
2411 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
2412 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
2413 
2414 	NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
2415 
2416 	/* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
2417 
2418 	__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2419 	NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2420 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
2421 };
2422 
2423 /* source-level API compatibility */
2424 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
2425 #define	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
2426 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
2427 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
2428 
2429 /*
2430  * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
2431  * here
2432  */
2433 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2434 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
2435 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
2436 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
2437 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
2438 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
2439 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
2440 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
2441 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
2442 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
2443 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
2444 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
2445 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
2446 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
2447 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
2448 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
2449 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
2450 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
2451 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
2452 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
2453 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
2454 
2455 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES			32
2456 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES		77
2457 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES		64
2458 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY	0
2459 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY	16
2460 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY	24
2461 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN		26
2462 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN		12
2463 
2464 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES		5
2465 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES		2
2466 
2467 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME	10
2468 
2469 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
2470 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF		-300
2471 
2472 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL		1800
2473 
2474 /**
2475  * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
2476  *
2477  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
2478  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
2479  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
2480  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
2481  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
2482  *	are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
2483  *	AP type interface.
2484  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
2485  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
2486  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
2487  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
2488  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
2489  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
2490  *	and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
2491  *	%NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
2492  *	commands to create and destroy one
2493  * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
2494  *	This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
2495  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
2496  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
2497  * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
2498  *
2499  * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
2500  * to set the type of an interface.
2501  *
2502  */
2503 enum nl80211_iftype {
2504 	NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
2505 	NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
2506 	NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
2507 	NL80211_IFTYPE_AP,
2508 	NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
2509 	NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS,
2510 	NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
2511 	NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
2512 	NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
2513 	NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
2514 	NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
2515 	NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB,
2516 	NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN,
2517 
2518 	/* keep last */
2519 	NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
2520 	NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
2521 };
2522 
2523 /**
2524  * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
2525  *
2526  * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
2527  * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
2528  *
2529  * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2530  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
2531  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
2532  *	with short barker preamble
2533  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
2534  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
2535  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
2536  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
2537  *	only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
2538  *	flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
2539  *	attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
2540  *	as errors.)
2541  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
2542  *	that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
2543  *	previously added station into associated state
2544  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
2545  * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2546  */
2547 enum nl80211_sta_flags {
2548 	__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
2549 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
2550 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2551 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
2552 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
2553 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
2554 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
2555 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
2556 
2557 	/* keep last */
2558 	__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
2559 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
2560 };
2561 
2562 /**
2563  * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
2564  *
2565  * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
2566  * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
2567  * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
2568  */
2569 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
2570 	NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
2571 	NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
2572 
2573 	NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
2574 };
2575 
2576 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API	NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
2577 
2578 /**
2579  * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
2580  * @mask: mask of station flags to set
2581  * @set: which values to set them to
2582  *
2583  * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
2584  */
2585 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
2586 	__u32 mask;
2587 	__u32 set;
2588 } __attribute__((packed));
2589 
2590 /**
2591  * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
2592  *
2593  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
2594  * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
2595  * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
2596  * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
2597  * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
2598  * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
2599  * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
2600  * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
2601  * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
2602  *
2603  * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2604  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
2605  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
2606  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
2607  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
2608  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
2609  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
2610  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
2611  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
2612  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
2613  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
2614  *	same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
2615  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
2616  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
2617  *	a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
2618  *	half the base (20 MHz) rate
2619  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
2620  *	a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
2621  *	a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
2622  * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2623  */
2624 enum nl80211_rate_info {
2625 	__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
2626 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
2627 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
2628 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
2629 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
2630 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
2631 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
2632 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
2633 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
2634 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
2635 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
2636 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
2637 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
2638 
2639 	/* keep last */
2640 	__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
2641 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
2642 };
2643 
2644 /**
2645  * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
2646  *
2647  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
2648  * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
2649  *
2650  * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2651  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
2652  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE:  whether short preamble is enabled
2653  *	(flag)
2654  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME:  whether short slot time is enabled
2655  *	(flag)
2656  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
2657  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
2658  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
2659  * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2660  */
2661 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
2662 	__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
2663 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
2664 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2665 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2666 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
2667 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2668 
2669 	/* keep last */
2670 	__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
2671 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
2672 };
2673 
2674 /**
2675  * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
2676  *
2677  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
2678  * when getting information about a station.
2679  *
2680  * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2681  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
2682  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
2683  *	(u32, from this station)
2684  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
2685  *	(u32, to this station)
2686  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
2687  *	(u64, from this station)
2688  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
2689  *	(u64, to this station)
2690  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
2691  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
2692  * 	containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
2693  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
2694  *	(u32, from this station)
2695  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
2696  *	(u32, to this station)
2697  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
2698  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
2699  *	(u32, to this station)
2700  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
2701  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
2702  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
2703  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
2704  *	(see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
2705  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
2706  *	attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
2707  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
2708  *     containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
2709  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
2710  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
2711  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
2712  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
2713  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
2714  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
2715  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
2716  *	non-peer STA
2717  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
2718  *	Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
2719  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
2720  *	Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
2721  * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
2722  *	802.11 header (u32, kbps)
2723  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
2724  *	(u64)
2725  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
2726  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
2727  *	for beacons only (u8, dBm)
2728  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
2729  *	This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
2730  *	TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
2731  *	each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
2732  *	attributes carrying the actual values.
2733  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
2734  *	received from the station (u64, usec)
2735  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2736  * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
2737  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
2738  */
2739 enum nl80211_sta_info {
2740 	__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
2741 	NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
2742 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
2743 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
2744 	NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
2745 	NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
2746 	NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
2747 	NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
2748 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
2749 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
2750 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
2751 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
2752 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
2753 	NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
2754 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
2755 	NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
2756 	NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
2757 	NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
2758 	NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
2759 	NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
2760 	NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
2761 	NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
2762 	NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
2763 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
2764 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
2765 	NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
2766 	NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
2767 	NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
2768 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
2769 	NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
2770 	NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
2771 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
2772 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
2773 	NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
2774 
2775 	/* keep last */
2776 	__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
2777 	NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
2778 };
2779 
2780 /**
2781  * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
2782  * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2783  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
2784  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
2785  *	attempted to transmit; u64)
2786  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
2787  *	transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
2788  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
2789  *	MSDUs (u64)
2790  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2791  * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
2792  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
2793  */
2794 enum nl80211_tid_stats {
2795 	__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
2796 	NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
2797 	NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
2798 	NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
2799 	NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
2800 	NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
2801 
2802 	/* keep last */
2803 	NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
2804 	NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
2805 };
2806 
2807 /**
2808  * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
2809  *
2810  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
2811  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
2812  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
2813  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
2814  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
2815  */
2816 enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
2817 	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE =	1<<0,
2818 	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING =	1<<1,
2819 	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID =	1<<2,
2820 	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED =	1<<3,
2821 	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED =	1<<4,
2822 };
2823 
2824 /**
2825  * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
2826  *
2827  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
2828  * information about a mesh path.
2829  *
2830  * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2831  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
2832  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
2833  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
2834  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
2835  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
2836  * 	&enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
2837  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
2838  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
2839  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
2840  *	currently defind
2841  * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2842  */
2843 enum nl80211_mpath_info {
2844 	__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
2845 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
2846 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
2847 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
2848 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
2849 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
2850 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
2851 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
2852 
2853 	/* keep last */
2854 	__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
2855 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
2856 };
2857 
2858 /**
2859  * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
2860  * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2861  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
2862  *	an array of nested frequency attributes
2863  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
2864  *	an array of nested bitrate attributes
2865  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
2866  *	defined in 802.11n
2867  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
2868  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
2869  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
2870  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
2871  *	defined in 802.11ac
2872  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
2873  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
2874  * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2875  */
2876 enum nl80211_band_attr {
2877 	__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
2878 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
2879 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
2880 
2881 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
2882 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
2883 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
2884 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
2885 
2886 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
2887 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
2888 
2889 	/* keep last */
2890 	__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2891 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
2892 };
2893 
2894 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
2895 
2896 /**
2897  * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
2898  * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2899  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
2900  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
2901  *	regulatory domain.
2902  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
2903  * 	are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
2904  * 	requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
2905  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
2906  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
2907  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
2908  *	(100 * dBm).
2909  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
2910  *	(enum nl80211_dfs_state)
2911  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long
2912  *	this channel is in this DFS state.
2913  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
2914  *	channel as the control channel
2915  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
2916  *	channel as the control channel
2917  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
2918  *	as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
2919  *	this includes 80+80 channels
2920  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
2921  *	using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
2922  *	isn't possible
2923  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
2924  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
2925  *	channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
2926  *	used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
2927  *	an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
2928  *	through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
2929  *	that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
2930  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
2931  *	channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
2932  *	the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
2933  *	band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
2934  *	off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
2935  *	done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
2936  *	the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
2937  *	off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
2938  *	radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
2939  *	wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
2940  *	attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
2941  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
2942  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
2943  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
2944  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
2945  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
2946  *	currently defined
2947  * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2948  *
2949  * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
2950  * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
2951  * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
2952  * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
2953  */
2954 enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
2955 	__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
2956 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
2957 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
2958 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
2959 	__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
2960 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
2961 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
2962 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
2963 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
2964 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
2965 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
2966 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
2967 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
2968 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
2969 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
2970 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
2971 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
2972 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
2973 
2974 	/* keep last */
2975 	__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2976 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
2977 };
2978 
2979 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
2980 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
2981 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
2982 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
2983 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
2984 					NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
2985 
2986 /**
2987  * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
2988  * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2989  * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
2990  * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
2991  *	in 2.4 GHz band.
2992  * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
2993  *	currently defined
2994  * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2995  */
2996 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
2997 	__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
2998 	NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
2999 	NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
3000 
3001 	/* keep last */
3002 	__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3003 	NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3004 };
3005 
3006 /**
3007  * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
3008  * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
3009  * 	regulatory domain.
3010  * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
3011  * 	regulatory domain.
3012  * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
3013  * 	wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
3014  * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
3015  * 	802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
3016  * 	thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
3017  *	code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
3018  *	structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
3019  *	If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
3020  *	be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
3021  */
3022 enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
3023 	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
3024 	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
3025 	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
3026 	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
3027 };
3028 
3029 /**
3030  * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
3031  * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
3032  *	to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
3033  *	ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
3034  * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
3035  * 	domain.
3036  * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
3037  * 	driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
3038  * 	and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
3039  * 	them to be applied.
3040  * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
3041  *	of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
3042  *	set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
3043  *	domain request to be processed.
3044  */
3045 enum nl80211_reg_type {
3046 	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
3047 	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
3048 	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
3049 	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
3050 };
3051 
3052 /**
3053  * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
3054  * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3055  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
3056  * 	considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
3057  * 	&enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
3058  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
3059  * 	rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
3060  * 	band edge.
3061  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
3062  * 	in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
3063  * 	band edge.
3064  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
3065  *	frequency range, in KHz.
3066  * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
3067  * 	for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
3068  * 	If you don't have one then don't send this.
3069  * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
3070  * 	a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
3071  * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3072  *	If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
3073  * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
3074  *	currently defined
3075  * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3076  */
3077 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
3078 	__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
3079 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
3080 
3081 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
3082 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
3083 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
3084 
3085 	NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
3086 	NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
3087 
3088 	NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3089 
3090 	/* keep last */
3091 	__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3092 	NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3093 };
3094 
3095 /**
3096  * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
3097  * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3098  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
3099  *	only report BSS with matching SSID.
3100  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
3101  *	BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
3102  *	if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
3103  *	the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
3104  *	matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
3105  *	how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
3106  *	the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
3107  *	attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
3108  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
3109  *	%NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
3110  *	relative to current bss's RSSI.
3111  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
3112  *	BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
3113  *	RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
3114  *	value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
3115  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
3116  *	attribute number currently defined
3117  * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3118  */
3119 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
3120 	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
3121 
3122 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
3123 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
3124 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
3125 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
3126 
3127 	/* keep last */
3128 	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3129 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
3130 		__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3131 };
3132 
3133 /* only for backward compatibility */
3134 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
3135 
3136 /**
3137  * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
3138  *
3139  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
3140  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
3141  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
3142  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
3143  * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
3144  * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
3145  * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
3146  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
3147  * 	this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
3148  * 	beaconing.
3149  * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
3150  *	base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
3151  *	multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
3152  * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See &NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
3153  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
3154  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
3155  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
3156  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
3157  */
3158 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
3159 	NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM		= 1<<0,
3160 	NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK		= 1<<1,
3161 	NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR		= 1<<2,
3162 	NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR		= 1<<3,
3163 	NL80211_RRF_DFS			= 1<<4,
3164 	NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY		= 1<<5,
3165 	NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY		= 1<<6,
3166 	NL80211_RRF_NO_IR		= 1<<7,
3167 	__NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS		= 1<<8,
3168 	NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW		= 1<<11,
3169 	NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT	= 1<<12,
3170 	NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS	= 1<<13,
3171 	NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS		= 1<<14,
3172 	NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ		= 1<<15,
3173 	NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ		= 1<<16,
3174 };
3175 
3176 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN	NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3177 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS		NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3178 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR		NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3179 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40		(NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
3180 					 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
3181 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT	NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
3182 
3183 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
3184 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL		(NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
3185 
3186 /**
3187  * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
3188  *
3189  * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
3190  * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
3191  * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
3192  * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
3193  */
3194 enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
3195 	NL80211_DFS_UNSET	= 0,
3196 	NL80211_DFS_FCC		= 1,
3197 	NL80211_DFS_ETSI	= 2,
3198 	NL80211_DFS_JP		= 3,
3199 };
3200 
3201 /**
3202  * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
3203  *
3204  * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
3205  *	assumed if the attribute is not set.
3206  * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
3207  *	base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
3208  *	properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
3209  *	by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
3210  *	capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
3211  *	ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
3212  *	present has been registered with the wireless core that
3213  *	has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
3214  *	supported feature.
3215  * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
3216  *	platform is operating in an indoor environment.
3217  */
3218 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
3219 	NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER	= 0,
3220 	NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
3221 	NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR    = 2,
3222 };
3223 
3224 /**
3225  * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
3226  *
3227  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
3228  * when getting information about a survey.
3229  *
3230  * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3231  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
3232  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
3233  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
3234  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
3235  *	was turned on (on channel or globally)
3236  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
3237  *	channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
3238  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
3239  *	channel was sensed busy
3240  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
3241  *	receiving data (on channel or globally)
3242  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
3243  *	transmitting data (on channel or globally)
3244  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
3245  *	(on this channel or globally)
3246  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3247  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
3248  *	currently defined
3249  * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3250  */
3251 enum nl80211_survey_info {
3252 	__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
3253 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
3254 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
3255 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
3256 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
3257 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
3258 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
3259 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
3260 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
3261 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
3262 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
3263 
3264 	/* keep last */
3265 	__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3266 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3267 };
3268 
3269 /* keep old names for compatibility */
3270 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
3271 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
3272 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
3273 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
3274 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
3275 
3276 /**
3277  * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
3278  *
3279  * Monitor configuration flags.
3280  *
3281  * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
3282  *
3283  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
3284  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
3285  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
3286  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
3287  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
3288  *	overrides all other flags.
3289  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
3290  *	and ACK incoming unicast packets.
3291  *
3292  * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3293  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
3294  */
3295 enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
3296 	__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
3297 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
3298 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
3299 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
3300 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
3301 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
3302 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
3303 
3304 	/* keep last */
3305 	__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
3306 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
3307 };
3308 
3309 /**
3310  * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
3311  *
3312  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
3313  *	not known or has not been set yet.
3314  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
3315  *	in Awake state all the time.
3316  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
3317  *	alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
3318  *	neighbor's beacons.
3319  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
3320  *	alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
3321  *	for neighbor's beacons.
3322  *
3323  * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
3324  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
3325  */
3326 
3327 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
3328 	NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
3329 	NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
3330 	NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
3331 	NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
3332 
3333 	__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
3334 	NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
3335 };
3336 
3337 /**
3338  * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
3339  *
3340  * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
3341  * active.
3342  *
3343  * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
3344  *
3345  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
3346  *	millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
3347  *
3348  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
3349  *	millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
3350  *
3351  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
3352  *	millisecond units
3353  *
3354  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
3355  *	on this mesh interface
3356  *
3357  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
3358  *	open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
3359  *	mesh
3360  *
3361  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
3362  *	point.
3363  *
3364  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
3365  *	peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
3366  *	@NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
3367  *	set.
3368  *
3369  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
3370  *	containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
3371  *	target)
3372  *
3373  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
3374  *	(in milliseconds)
3375  *
3376  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
3377  *	until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
3378  *
3379  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
3380  *	points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
3381  *	the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
3382  *
3383  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
3384  *	TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
3385  *	reference element
3386  *
3387  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
3388  *	that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
3389  *	mesh
3390  *
3391  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
3392  *
3393  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
3394  *	source mesh point for path selection elements.
3395  *
3396  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL:  The interval of time (in TUs) between
3397  *	root announcements are transmitted.
3398  *
3399  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
3400  *	access to a broader network beyond the MBSS.  This is done via Root
3401  *	Announcement frames.
3402  *
3403  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
3404  *	TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
3405  *	PERR element.
3406  *
3407  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
3408  *	or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
3409  *
3410  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
3411  *	threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
3412  *	a peer link.
3413  *
3414  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
3415  *	to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
3416  *	(see 11C.12.2.2)
3417  *
3418  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
3419  *
3420  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
3421  *
3422  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
3423  *	which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
3424  *	information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
3425  *
3426  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
3427  *	proactive PREQs are transmitted.
3428  *
3429  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
3430  *	(in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
3431  *	containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
3432  *
3433  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
3434  *	type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
3435  *
3436  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
3437  *
3438  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
3439  *	established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
3440  *	remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
3441  *	the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
3442  *
3443  * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3444  */
3445 enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
3446 	__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
3447 	NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
3448 	NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
3449 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
3450 	NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
3451 	NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
3452 	NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
3453 	NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
3454 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
3455 	NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
3456 	NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
3457 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
3458 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
3459 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
3460 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
3461 	NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
3462 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
3463 	NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
3464 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
3465 	NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
3466 	NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
3467 	NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
3468 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
3469 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
3470 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
3471 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
3472 	NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
3473 	NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
3474 	NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
3475 
3476 	/* keep last */
3477 	__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3478 	NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3479 };
3480 
3481 /**
3482  * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
3483  *
3484  * Mesh setup parameters.  These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
3485  * changed while the mesh is active.
3486  *
3487  * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
3488  *
3489  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
3490  *	vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
3491  *	default HWMP.
3492  *
3493  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
3494  *	vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
3495  *	metric.
3496  *
3497  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
3498  *	robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
3499  *	that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
3500  *	metrics in use.
3501  *
3502  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
3503  *	daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
3504  *
3505  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
3506  *	daemon will be securing peer link frames.  AMPE is a secured version of
3507  *	Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
3508  *	a userspace daemon.  When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
3509  *	management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
3510  *	functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
3511  *	key management).  When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
3512  *	autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
3513  *	userspace daemon.
3514  *
3515  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
3516  *	vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
3517  *	neighbor offset synchronization
3518  *
3519  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
3520  *	implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
3521  *
3522  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
3523  *	method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
3524  *	Default is no authentication method required.
3525  *
3526  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
3527  *
3528  * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
3529  */
3530 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
3531 	__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
3532 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
3533 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
3534 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
3535 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
3536 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
3537 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
3538 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
3539 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
3540 
3541 	/* keep last */
3542 	__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3543 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3544 };
3545 
3546 /**
3547  * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
3548  * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
3549  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
3550  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
3551  *	disabled
3552  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
3553  *	2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
3554  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
3555  *	2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
3556  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
3557  * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
3558  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
3559  */
3560 enum nl80211_txq_attr {
3561 	__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
3562 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
3563 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
3564 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
3565 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
3566 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
3567 
3568 	/* keep last */
3569 	__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3570 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3571 };
3572 
3573 enum nl80211_ac {
3574 	NL80211_AC_VO,
3575 	NL80211_AC_VI,
3576 	NL80211_AC_BE,
3577 	NL80211_AC_BK,
3578 	NL80211_NUM_ACS
3579 };
3580 
3581 /* backward compat */
3582 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
3583 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO	NL80211_AC_VO
3584 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI	NL80211_AC_VI
3585 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE	NL80211_AC_BE
3586 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK	NL80211_AC_BK
3587 
3588 /**
3589  * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
3590  * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
3591  * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
3592  * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
3593  *	below the control channel
3594  * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
3595  *	above the control channel
3596  */
3597 enum nl80211_channel_type {
3598 	NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT,
3599 	NL80211_CHAN_HT20,
3600 	NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
3601 	NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
3602 };
3603 
3604 /**
3605  * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
3606  *
3607  * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
3608  * attribute.
3609  *
3610  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
3611  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
3612  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3613  *	attribute must be provided as well
3614  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3615  *	attribute must be provided as well
3616  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3617  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
3618  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3619  *	attribute must be provided as well
3620  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
3621  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
3622  */
3623 enum nl80211_chan_width {
3624 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
3625 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
3626 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
3627 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
3628 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
3629 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
3630 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
3631 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
3632 };
3633 
3634 /**
3635  * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
3636  *
3637  * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
3638  *
3639  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
3640  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
3641  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
3642  */
3643 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
3644 	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
3645 	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
3646 	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
3647 };
3648 
3649 /**
3650  * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
3651  *
3652  * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
3653  * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
3654  * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
3655  * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
3656  *	(if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
3657  *	from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
3658  *	that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
3659  * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
3660  * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
3661  * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
3662  *	raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
3663  *	if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
3664  *	different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
3665  *	they are from a Beacon frame.
3666  *	However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
3667  *	IEs may be from either frame subtype.
3668  *	If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
3669  *	data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
3670  * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
3671  *	in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
3672  * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
3673  *	in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
3674  * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
3675  * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
3676  * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
3677  *	elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
3678  *	yet been received
3679  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
3680  *	(u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width)
3681  * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
3682  *	(not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
3683  * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
3684  *	@NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
3685  * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
3686  *	was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
3687  *	accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
3688  * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3689  * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
3690  *	octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
3691  *	this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
3692  *	@NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
3693  * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
3694  *	is set.
3695  * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
3696  * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
3697  */
3698 enum nl80211_bss {
3699 	__NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
3700 	NL80211_BSS_BSSID,
3701 	NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
3702 	NL80211_BSS_TSF,
3703 	NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
3704 	NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
3705 	NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
3706 	NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
3707 	NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
3708 	NL80211_BSS_STATUS,
3709 	NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
3710 	NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
3711 	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
3712 	NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
3713 	NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
3714 	NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
3715 	NL80211_BSS_PAD,
3716 	NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
3717 	NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
3718 
3719 	/* keep last */
3720 	__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
3721 	NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
3722 };
3723 
3724 /**
3725  * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
3726  * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
3727  *	Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
3728  *	keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
3729  *	a given BSS.
3730  * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
3731  * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
3732  *
3733  * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
3734  * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
3735  */
3736 enum nl80211_bss_status {
3737 	NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
3738 	NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
3739 	NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
3740 };
3741 
3742 /**
3743  * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
3744  *
3745  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
3746  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
3747  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
3748  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
3749  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
3750  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
3751  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
3752  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
3753  * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
3754  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
3755  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
3756  *	trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
3757  *	the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
3758  */
3759 enum nl80211_auth_type {
3760 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
3761 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
3762 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
3763 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
3764 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
3765 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
3766 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
3767 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
3768 
3769 	/* keep last */
3770 	__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
3771 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
3772 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
3773 };
3774 
3775 /**
3776  * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
3777  * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
3778  * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
3779  * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
3780  * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
3781  */
3782 enum nl80211_key_type {
3783 	NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
3784 	NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
3785 	NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
3786 
3787 	NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
3788 };
3789 
3790 /**
3791  * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
3792  * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
3793  * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
3794  */
3795 enum nl80211_mfp {
3796 	NL80211_MFP_NO,
3797 	NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
3798 };
3799 
3800 enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
3801 	NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
3802 	NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
3803 };
3804 
3805 /**
3806  * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
3807  * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
3808  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
3809  *	unicast key
3810  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
3811  *	multicast key
3812  * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
3813  */
3814 enum nl80211_key_default_types {
3815 	__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
3816 	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
3817 	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
3818 
3819 	NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
3820 };
3821 
3822 /**
3823  * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
3824  * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
3825  * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
3826  *	16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
3827  *	keys
3828  * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
3829  * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
3830  *	section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
3831  * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
3832  *	CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
3833  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
3834  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
3835  * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
3836  *	specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
3837  *	given with the command using the key or not (u32)
3838  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
3839  *	attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
3840  *	See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
3841  * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
3842  * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
3843  */
3844 enum nl80211_key_attributes {
3845 	__NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
3846 	NL80211_KEY_DATA,
3847 	NL80211_KEY_IDX,
3848 	NL80211_KEY_CIPHER,
3849 	NL80211_KEY_SEQ,
3850 	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
3851 	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
3852 	NL80211_KEY_TYPE,
3853 	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
3854 
3855 	/* keep last */
3856 	__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
3857 	NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
3858 };
3859 
3860 /**
3861  * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
3862  * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
3863  * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
3864  *	in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
3865  *	1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
3866  *	%NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
3867  * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
3868  *	in an array of MCS numbers.
3869  * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
3870  *	see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
3871  * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
3872  * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
3873  * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
3874  */
3875 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
3876 	__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
3877 	NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
3878 	NL80211_TXRATE_HT,
3879 	NL80211_TXRATE_VHT,
3880 	NL80211_TXRATE_GI,
3881 
3882 	/* keep last */
3883 	__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
3884 	NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
3885 };
3886 
3887 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
3888 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX		8
3889 
3890 /**
3891  * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
3892  * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
3893  */
3894 struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
3895 	__u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
3896 };
3897 
3898 enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
3899 	NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
3900 	NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
3901 	NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
3902 };
3903 
3904 /**
3905  * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
3906  * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
3907  * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
3908  * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 64.80 GHz)
3909  * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
3910  *	since newer kernel versions may support more bands
3911  */
3912 enum nl80211_band {
3913 	NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
3914 	NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
3915 	NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
3916 
3917 	NUM_NL80211_BANDS,
3918 };
3919 
3920 /**
3921  * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
3922  * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
3923  * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
3924  */
3925 enum nl80211_ps_state {
3926 	NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
3927 	NL80211_PS_ENABLED,
3928 };
3929 
3930 /**
3931  * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
3932  * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
3933  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
3934  *	the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
3935  *	to disable.
3936  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
3937  *	the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
3938  *	new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
3939  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
3940  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
3941  *	consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
3942  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
3943  *	during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
3944  *	%NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
3945  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
3946  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
3947  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
3948  *	checked.
3949  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
3950  *	interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
3951  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
3952  *	%NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
3953  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
3954  *	loss event
3955  * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
3956  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
3957  */
3958 enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
3959 	__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
3960 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
3961 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
3962 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
3963 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
3964 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
3965 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
3966 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
3967 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
3968 
3969 	/* keep last */
3970 	__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
3971 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
3972 };
3973 
3974 /**
3975  * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
3976  * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
3977  *      configured threshold
3978  * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
3979  *      configured threshold
3980  * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
3981  */
3982 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
3983 	NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
3984 	NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
3985 	NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
3986 };
3987 
3988 
3989 /**
3990  * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
3991  * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
3992  * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
3993  * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
3994  */
3995 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
3996 	NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
3997 	NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
3998 	NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
3999 };
4000 
4001 /**
4002  * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
4003  * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4004  * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
4005  *	a zero bit are ignored
4006  * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
4007  *	a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
4008  *	to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
4009  *	in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
4010  *	corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
4011  *	For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
4012  *	xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
4013  *	twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
4014  *	Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
4015  *	802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
4016  *	first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
4017  * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
4018  *	these fixed number of bytes of received packet
4019  * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
4020  * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
4021  */
4022 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
4023 	__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
4024 	NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
4025 	NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
4026 	NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
4027 
4028 	NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT,
4029 	MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
4030 };
4031 
4032 /**
4033  * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
4034  * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
4035  * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
4036  * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
4037  * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
4038  *
4039  * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
4040  * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
4041  * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
4042  * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
4043  * by the kernel to userspace.
4044  */
4045 struct nl80211_pattern_support {
4046 	__u32 max_patterns;
4047 	__u32 min_pattern_len;
4048 	__u32 max_pattern_len;
4049 	__u32 max_pkt_offset;
4050 } __attribute__((packed));
4051 
4052 /* only for backward compatibility */
4053 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
4054 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
4055 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
4056 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
4057 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
4058 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
4059 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
4060 
4061 /**
4062  * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
4063  * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4064  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
4065  *	the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
4066  *	support for low-power operation already (flag)
4067  *	Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
4068  *	any others are even supported by the device.
4069  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
4070  *	is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
4071  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
4072  *	by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
4073  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
4074  *	which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
4075  *	defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
4076  *	Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
4077  *	each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
4078  *	done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
4079  *	pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
4080  *
4081  *	In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
4082  *	carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
4083  *
4084  *	When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
4085  *	index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
4086  *	to the kernel when configuring.
4087  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
4088  *	used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
4089  *	by the device (flag)
4090  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
4091  *	done by the device) (flag)
4092  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
4093  *	packet (flag)
4094  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
4095  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
4096  *	(on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
4097  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
4098  *	the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
4099  *	may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
4100  *	attribute contains the original length.
4101  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
4102  *	packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
4103  *	attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
4104  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
4105  *	802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
4106  *	be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
4107  *	contains the original length.
4108  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
4109  *	packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
4110  *	attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
4111  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
4112  *	"TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
4113  *	containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
4114  *	the TCP connection.
4115  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
4116  *	wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
4117  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
4118  *	TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
4119  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
4120  *	the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
4121  *	service
4122  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
4123  *	is detected.  This is a nested attribute that contains the
4124  *	same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN.  It
4125  *	specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
4126  *	channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
4127  *	results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets).  This
4128  *	attribute is also sent in a response to
4129  *	@NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
4130  *	supported by the driver (u32).
4131  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
4132  *	containing an array with information about what triggered the
4133  *	wake up.  If no elements are present in the array, it means
4134  *	that the information is not available.  If more than one
4135  *	element is present, it means that more than one match
4136  *	occurred.
4137  *	Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
4138  *	one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
4139  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute.  At least one of
4140  *	these attributes must be present.  If
4141  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
4142  *	frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
4143  *	channel.
4144  * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
4145  * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
4146  *
4147  * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
4148  * to report the wakeup reason(s).
4149  */
4150 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
4151 	__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
4152 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
4153 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
4154 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
4155 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
4156 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
4157 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
4158 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
4159 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
4160 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
4161 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
4162 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
4163 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
4164 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
4165 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
4166 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
4167 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
4168 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
4169 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
4170 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
4171 
4172 	/* keep last */
4173 	NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
4174 	MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
4175 };
4176 
4177 /**
4178  * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
4179  *
4180  * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
4181  * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
4182  * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
4183  * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
4184  * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
4185  * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
4186  * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
4187  * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
4188  * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
4189  *
4190  * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
4191  * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
4192  * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
4193  * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
4194  * also woken up.
4195  *
4196  * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
4197  * response packets might not go through correctly.
4198  */
4199 
4200 /**
4201  * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
4202  * @start: starting value
4203  * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
4204  * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
4205  *
4206  * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
4207  * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
4208  * in little endian.
4209  */
4210 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
4211 	__u32 start, offset, len;
4212 };
4213 
4214 /**
4215  * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
4216  * @offset: offset of token in packet
4217  * @len: length of each token
4218  * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
4219  *	be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
4220  */
4221 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
4222 	__u32 offset, len;
4223 	__u8 token_stream[];
4224 };
4225 
4226 /**
4227  * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
4228  * @min_len: minimum token length
4229  * @max_len: maximum token length
4230  * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
4231  */
4232 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
4233 	__u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
4234 };
4235 
4236 /**
4237  * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
4238  * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4239  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
4240  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
4241  *	(in network byte order)
4242  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
4243  *	route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
4244  *	and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
4245  *	might require ARP querying.
4246  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
4247  *	socket and port will be allocated
4248  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
4249  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
4250  *	For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
4251  *	of the data payload.
4252  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
4253  *	(if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
4254  *	advertising it is just a flag
4255  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
4256  *	see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
4257  *	&struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
4258  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
4259  *	interval in feature advertising (u32)
4260  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
4261  *	u32 attribute holding the maximum length
4262  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
4263  *	feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
4264  *	but on the TCP payload only.
4265  * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
4266  * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
4267  */
4268 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
4269 	__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
4270 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
4271 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
4272 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
4273 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
4274 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
4275 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
4276 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
4277 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
4278 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
4279 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
4280 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
4281 
4282 	/* keep last */
4283 	NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
4284 	MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
4285 };
4286 
4287 /**
4288  * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
4289  * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
4290  * @pat: packet pattern support information
4291  * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
4292  *
4293  * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
4294  * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
4295  */
4296 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
4297 	__u32 max_rules;
4298 	struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
4299 	__u32 max_delay;
4300 } __attribute__((packed));
4301 
4302 /**
4303  * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
4304  * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4305  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
4306  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
4307  *	see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
4308  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
4309  *	after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
4310  * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
4311  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
4312  */
4313 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
4314 	__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
4315 	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
4316 	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
4317 	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
4318 
4319 	/* keep last */
4320 	NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
4321 	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
4322 };
4323 
4324 /**
4325  * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
4326  * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns
4327  *	in a rule are matched.
4328  * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
4329  *	in a rule are not matched.
4330  */
4331 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
4332 	NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
4333 	NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
4334 };
4335 
4336 /**
4337  * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
4338  * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
4339  * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
4340  *	can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
4341  * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
4342  *	flag attribute for each interface type in this set
4343  * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
4344  * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
4345  */
4346 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
4347 	NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
4348 	NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
4349 	NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
4350 
4351 	/* keep last */
4352 	NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
4353 	MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
4354 };
4355 
4356 /**
4357  * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
4358  *
4359  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
4360  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
4361  *	for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
4362  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
4363  *	interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
4364  *	apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
4365  *	in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
4366  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
4367  *	beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
4368  *	infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
4369  *	the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
4370  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
4371  *	different channels may be used within this group.
4372  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
4373  *	of supported channel widths for radar detection.
4374  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
4375  *	of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
4376  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
4377  *	different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
4378  *	in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
4379  * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
4380  * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
4381  *
4382  * Examples:
4383  *	limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
4384  *	=> allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
4385  *
4386  *	numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
4387  *	=> allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
4388  *
4389  *	numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
4390  *	=> allows two STAs on different channels
4391  *
4392  *	numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
4393  *	=> allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
4394  *
4395  * The list of these four possiblities could completely be contained
4396  * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
4397  * that any of these groups must match.
4398  *
4399  * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
4400  * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
4401  * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
4402  * interface type, the following group always exists:
4403  *	numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
4404  */
4405 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
4406 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
4407 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
4408 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
4409 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
4410 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
4411 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
4412 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
4413 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
4414 
4415 	/* keep last */
4416 	NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
4417 	MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
4418 };
4419 
4420 
4421 /**
4422  * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
4423  *
4424  * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
4425  *	state of non existant mesh peer links
4426  * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
4427  *	this mesh peer
4428  * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
4429  *	from this mesh peer
4430  * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
4431  *	received from this mesh peer
4432  * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
4433  * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
4434  * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
4435  *	plink are discarded
4436  * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
4437  * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
4438  */
4439 enum nl80211_plink_state {
4440 	NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
4441 	NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
4442 	NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
4443 	NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
4444 	NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
4445 	NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
4446 	NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
4447 
4448 	/* keep last */
4449 	NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
4450 	MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
4451 };
4452 
4453 /**
4454  * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
4455  *
4456  * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
4457  * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
4458  * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
4459  * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
4460  */
4461 enum plink_actions {
4462 	NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
4463 	NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
4464 	NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
4465 
4466 	NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
4467 };
4468 
4469 
4470 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN			16
4471 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN			16
4472 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN		8
4473 
4474 /**
4475  * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
4476  * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4477  * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
4478  * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
4479  * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
4480  * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
4481  * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
4482  */
4483 enum nl80211_rekey_data {
4484 	__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
4485 	NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
4486 	NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
4487 	NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
4488 
4489 	/* keep last */
4490 	NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
4491 	MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
4492 };
4493 
4494 /**
4495  * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
4496  * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
4497  *	Beacon frames)
4498  * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
4499  *	in Beacon frames
4500  * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
4501  *	element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
4502  */
4503 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
4504 	NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
4505 	NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
4506 	NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
4507 };
4508 
4509 /**
4510  * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
4511  * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4512  * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
4513  *	is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
4514  * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
4515  *	as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
4516  * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
4517  * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
4518  */
4519 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
4520 	__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
4521 	NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
4522 	NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
4523 
4524 	/* keep last */
4525 	__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
4526 	NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
4527 };
4528 
4529 /**
4530  * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
4531  * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4532  * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
4533  *	priority)
4534  * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
4535  * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
4536  * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
4537  *	(internal)
4538  * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
4539  *	(internal)
4540  */
4541 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
4542 	__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
4543 	NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
4544 	NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
4545 	NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
4546 
4547 	/* keep last */
4548 	NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
4549 	MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
4550 };
4551 
4552 /**
4553  * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
4554  * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
4555  * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
4556  * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
4557  * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
4558  * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
4559  */
4560 enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
4561 	NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
4562 	NL80211_TDLS_SETUP,
4563 	NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
4564 	NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
4565 	NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
4566 };
4567 
4568 /*
4569  * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
4570  * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in
4571  * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet.
4572 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
4573 };
4574  */
4575 
4576 /**
4577  * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
4578  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
4579  *	TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
4580  *	socket option.
4581  * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
4582  * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
4583  *	the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
4584  * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
4585  *	to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from
4586  *	cellular base stations.
4587  * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
4588  *	here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
4589  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
4590  *	equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
4591  *	mode
4592  * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
4593  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
4594  * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
4595  * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
4596  * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
4597  *	OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
4598  *	for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
4599  * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
4600  *	setting
4601  * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
4602  *	powersave
4603  * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
4604  *	transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
4605  *	doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
4606  *	stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
4607  *	state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
4608  *	they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
4609  *	and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
4610  *	states using station flags.
4611  *	Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
4612  *	stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
4613  *	stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
4614  * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
4615  *	(HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
4616  * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
4617  *	Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
4618  *	beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
4619  *	still generated by the driver.
4620  * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
4621  *	interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
4622  *	interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
4623  *	unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
4624  * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
4625  *	channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
4626  *	lifetime of a BSS.
4627  * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
4628  *	Set IE to probe requests.
4629  * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
4630  *	to probe requests.
4631  * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
4632  *	requests sent to it by an AP.
4633  * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
4634  *	current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
4635  *	management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
4636  *	Measurement Report action frame.
4637  * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
4638  *	estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
4639  *	to enable dynack.
4640  * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
4641  *	multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
4642  *	even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
4643  * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
4644  *	multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
4645  *	and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
4646  *	rts/cts handshake.
4647  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
4648  *	TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
4649  *	command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
4650  *	needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
4651  * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
4652  *	the vif's MAC address upon creation.
4653  *	See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
4654  * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
4655  *	operating as a TDLS peer.
4656  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
4657  *	random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
4658  *	%NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
4659  *	address mask/value will be used.
4660  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
4661  *	using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
4662  *	scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
4663  *	be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
4664  * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
4665  *	random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
4666  *	scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
4667  *	be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
4668  */
4669 enum nl80211_feature_flags {
4670 	NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS			= 1 << 0,
4671 	NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS				= 1 << 1,
4672 	NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER		= 1 << 2,
4673 	NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS		= 1 << 3,
4674 	NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL	= 1 << 4,
4675 	NL80211_FEATURE_SAE				= 1 << 5,
4676 	NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN		= 1 << 6,
4677 	NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH			= 1 << 7,
4678 	NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN				= 1 << 8,
4679 	NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER			= 1 << 9,
4680 	NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN			= 1 << 10,
4681 	NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN			= 1 << 11,
4682 	NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS			= 1 << 12,
4683 	/* bit 13 is reserved */
4684 	NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS		= 1 << 14,
4685 	NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE		= 1 << 15,
4686 	NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM			= 1 << 16,
4687 	NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR			= 1 << 17,
4688 	NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE	= 1 << 18,
4689 	NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES	= 1 << 19,
4690 	NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES		= 1 << 20,
4691 	NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET				= 1 << 21,
4692 	NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION		= 1 << 22,
4693 	NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION		= 1 << 23,
4694 	NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS			= 1 << 24,
4695 	NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS			= 1 << 25,
4696 	NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION		= 1 << 26,
4697 	NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE			= 1 << 27,
4698 	NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH		= 1 << 28,
4699 	NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR		= 1 << 29,
4700 	NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR	= 1 << 30,
4701 	NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR		= 1 << 31,
4702 };
4703 
4704 /**
4705  * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
4706  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
4707  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
4708  *	can request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
4709  *	%NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
4710  *	the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
4711  *	NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized.
4712  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
4713  *	sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
4714  *	certain groups which can be configured by the
4715  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
4716  *	or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
4717  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
4718  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
4719  *	time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
4720  *	the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
4721  *	(if available).
4722  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
4723  *	time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the
4724  *	BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
4725  *	(if available).
4726  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
4727  *	channel dwell time.
4728  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
4729  *	configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate.
4730  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
4731  *	configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
4732  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
4733  *	configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
4734  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
4735  *	with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
4736  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
4737  *	in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
4738  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
4739  *	randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
4740  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
4741  *	for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
4742  *	(%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
4743  *
4744  * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
4745  * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
4746  */
4747 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
4748 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
4749 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
4750 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
4751 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
4752 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
4753 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
4754 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
4755 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
4756 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
4757 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
4758 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
4759 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
4760 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
4761 
4762 	/* add new features before the definition below */
4763 	NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
4764 	MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
4765 };
4766 
4767 /**
4768  * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
4769  *	protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
4770  *	To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
4771  *	Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
4772  *	protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
4773  *	supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
4774  *	to the host.
4775  *
4776  * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
4777  * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
4778  * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
4779  * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
4780  */
4781 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
4782 	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS =	1<<0,
4783 	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 =	1<<1,
4784 	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P =	1<<2,
4785 	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U =	1<<3,
4786 };
4787 
4788 /**
4789  * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
4790  * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
4791  *	handled by the AP is reached.
4792  * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
4793  */
4794 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
4795 	NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
4796 	NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
4797 };
4798 
4799 /**
4800  * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
4801  *
4802  * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
4803  * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
4804  * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
4805  * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
4806  */
4807 enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
4808 	NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
4809 	NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
4810 	NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
4811 	NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
4812 };
4813 
4814 /**
4815  * enum nl80211_scan_flags -  scan request control flags
4816  *
4817  * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
4818  * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
4819  * requests.
4820  *
4821  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
4822  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
4823  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
4824  *	as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
4825  *	dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
4826  *	will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
4827  *	when really needed
4828  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
4829  *	for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
4830  *	flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
4831  *	@NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
4832  *	the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
4833  *	randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
4834  *	locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
4835  *	This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
4836  *	the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
4837  */
4838 enum nl80211_scan_flags {
4839 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY			= 1<<0,
4840 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH				= 1<<1,
4841 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP				= 1<<2,
4842 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR			= 1<<3,
4843 };
4844 
4845 /**
4846  * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
4847  *
4848  * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
4849  * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
4850  * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
4851  *
4852  * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
4853  *	listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
4854  *	in ACL to authenticate.
4855  * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
4856  *	in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
4857  */
4858 enum nl80211_acl_policy {
4859 	NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
4860 	NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
4861 };
4862 
4863 /**
4864  * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
4865  *
4866  * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
4867  *
4868  * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
4869  * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
4870  * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
4871  *	turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
4872  */
4873 enum nl80211_smps_mode {
4874 	NL80211_SMPS_OFF,
4875 	NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
4876 	NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
4877 
4878 	__NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
4879 	NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
4880 };
4881 
4882 /**
4883  * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
4884  *
4885  * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
4886  * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
4887  *
4888  * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
4889  *	now unusable.
4890  * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
4891  *	the channel is now available.
4892  * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
4893  *	change to the channel status.
4894  * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
4895  *	over, channel becomes usable.
4896  */
4897 enum nl80211_radar_event {
4898 	NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
4899 	NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
4900 	NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
4901 	NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
4902 };
4903 
4904 /**
4905  * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
4906  *
4907  * Channel states used by the DFS code.
4908  *
4909  * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
4910  *	check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
4911  * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
4912  *	is therefore marked as not available.
4913  * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
4914  */
4915 enum nl80211_dfs_state {
4916 	NL80211_DFS_USABLE,
4917 	NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
4918 	NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
4919 };
4920 
4921 /**
4922  * enum enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
4923  * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
4924  *	wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
4925  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
4926  *	wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
4927  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
4928  */
4929 enum nl80211_protocol_features {
4930 	NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP =	1 << 0,
4931 };
4932 
4933 /**
4934  * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
4935  *
4936  * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
4937  * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
4938  * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
4939  * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
4940  * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
4941  */
4942 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
4943 	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
4944 	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
4945 	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
4946 	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
4947 	/* add other protocols before this one */
4948 	NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
4949 };
4950 
4951 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
4952 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION		5000 /* msec */
4953 
4954 /**
4955  * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
4956  *
4957  * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
4958  *
4959  * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
4960  */
4961 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
4962 	NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
4963 };
4964 
4965 /*
4966  * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
4967  * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
4968  * yet, so that's not valid so far)
4969  */
4970 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX	0x80000000
4971 
4972 /**
4973  * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
4974  * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
4975  *	value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
4976  *	may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
4977  *	added to this file when needed.
4978  * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
4979  */
4980 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
4981 	__u32 vendor_id;
4982 	__u32 subcmd;
4983 };
4984 
4985 /**
4986  * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
4987  *
4988  * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
4989  * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
4990  *
4991  * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
4992  * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
4993  * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
4994  */
4995 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
4996 	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
4997 	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
4998 	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
4999 };
5000 
5001 /**
5002  * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
5003  * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
5004  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
5005  *	seconds (u32).
5006  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
5007  *	scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
5008  *	because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
5009  *	make the scan plan meaningless.
5010  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
5011  *	currently defined
5012  * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
5013  */
5014 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
5015 	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
5016 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
5017 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
5018 
5019 	/* keep last */
5020 	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
5021 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
5022 		__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
5023 };
5024 
5025 /**
5026  * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
5027  *
5028  * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
5029  *	of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
5030  * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
5031  */
5032 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
5033 	__u8 band;
5034 	__s8 delta;
5035 } __attribute__((packed));
5036 
5037 /**
5038  * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
5039  *
5040  * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
5041  * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
5042  *	is requested.
5043  * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
5044  *	selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
5045  *	When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
5046  *	shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
5047  *	this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
5048  * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
5049  *	BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
5050  *	RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
5051  *	value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
5052  * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
5053  * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
5054  *
5055  * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
5056  * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
5057  * which the driver shall use.
5058  */
5059 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
5060 	__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
5061 	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
5062 	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
5063 	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
5064 
5065 	/* keep last */
5066 	__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5067 	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5068 };
5069 
5070 /**
5071  * enum nl80211_nan_dual_band_conf - NAN dual band configuration
5072  *
5073  * Defines the NAN dual band mode of operation
5074  *
5075  * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_DEFAULT: device default mode
5076  * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4GHz mode
5077  * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_5GHZ: 5GHz mode
5078   */
5079 enum nl80211_nan_dual_band_conf {
5080 	NL80211_NAN_BAND_DEFAULT	= 1 << 0,
5081 	NL80211_NAN_BAND_2GHZ		= 1 << 1,
5082 	NL80211_NAN_BAND_5GHZ		= 1 << 2,
5083 };
5084 
5085 /**
5086  * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
5087  *
5088  * Defines the function type of a NAN function
5089  *
5090  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
5091  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
5092  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
5093  */
5094 enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
5095 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
5096 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
5097 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
5098 
5099 	/* keep last */
5100 	__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
5101 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
5102 };
5103 
5104 /**
5105  * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
5106  *
5107  * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
5108  *
5109  * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
5110  * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
5111  */
5112 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
5113 	NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
5114 	NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
5115 };
5116 
5117 /**
5118  * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
5119  *
5120  * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
5121  *
5122  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
5123  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
5124  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
5125  */
5126 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
5127 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
5128 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
5129 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
5130 };
5131 
5132 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
5133 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
5134 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
5135 
5136 /**
5137  * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
5138  * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
5139  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
5140  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
5141  *	specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
5142  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
5143  *	publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
5144  *	Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
5145  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
5146  *	publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
5147  *	the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
5148  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
5149  *	subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
5150  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
5151  *	The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
5152  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
5153  *	is follow up. This is a u8.
5154  *	The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
5155  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
5156  *	follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
5157  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
5158  *	close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
5159  *	This is a flag.
5160  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
5161  *	stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
5162  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
5163  *	specific info. This is a binary attribute.
5164  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
5165  *	See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
5166  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
5167  *	attribute. It is a list of binary values.
5168  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
5169  *	nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
5170  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
5171  *	Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
5172  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
5173  *	See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
5174  *
5175  * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
5176  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
5177  */
5178 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
5179 	__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
5180 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
5181 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
5182 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
5183 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
5184 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
5185 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
5186 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
5187 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
5188 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
5189 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
5190 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
5191 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
5192 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
5193 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
5194 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
5195 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
5196 
5197 	/* keep last */
5198 	NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
5199 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
5200 };
5201 
5202 /**
5203  * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
5204  * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
5205  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
5206  *	This is a flag.
5207  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
5208  *	&NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
5209  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
5210  *	&NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
5211  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
5212  *	and only if &NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
5213  *	attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
5214  * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
5215  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
5216  */
5217 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
5218 	__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
5219 	NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
5220 	NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF,
5221 	NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
5222 	NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
5223 
5224 	/* keep last */
5225 	NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
5226 	NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
5227 };
5228 
5229 /**
5230  * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
5231  * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
5232  * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
5233  *	match. This is a nested attribute.
5234  *	See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
5235  * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
5236  *	that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
5237  *	See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
5238  *
5239  * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
5240  * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
5241  */
5242 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
5243 	__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
5244 	NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
5245 	NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
5246 
5247 	/* keep last */
5248 	NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
5249 	NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
5250 };
5251 
5252 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */
5253